3rd grade literacy curriculum guide module 3 2014 2015 · pdf filescience color me a...

53
1 3 rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014-2015 Unit Name: Charlotte’s Web Module 3: (Number of Days 17) TLI Focus: Literary Narrative Unit Overview: In this unit the students will enjoy reading a story of friendship and growing up in rural mid-twentieth century America. When Fern’s father gives her a pig to raise she is thoroughly enchanted and sets about making Wilbur the most pampered pig on the farm. As he grows, however the realities of farm life begin to emerge. Students will enjoy reading about how Charlotte embarks on a successful campaign to make Wilbur so famous that the farmer will not want to part with him. Performance Task: 1. Students will watch the film version of Charlotte’s Web, take notes, and answer the following questions. What are some differences between the book and movie versions of Charlotte’s Web? What are some ways they are alike? How did the movie help you understand the setting of Charlotte’s Web? Explain. What is one thing you would have done differently, if you had been making the movie? Explain. 2. Students learn several interesting facts about spiders in this novel. Challenge students to work in pairs to continue learning about spider webs and make posters about what they find. Provide a variety of print and internet resources to help students with their research. Essential Questions: What does it mean to be a dependable friend? How does Nature Inspire Writers? Building Background Knowledge Prior to Teaching: Please refer to the North Carolina Unpacked Standards Explanations and Examples in this document are reference the Arizona, Delaware, North Carolina and Ohio Departments of Education PBSD Reading Complex Texts RL/RI.3.10 Writing About Texts W.3.1-2, 4-6, 9-10 Research Project W.3.7-9 Narrative Writing W.3.3-6,10

Upload: phungthien

Post on 22-Mar-2018

220 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

1

3rd

Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3

2014-2015

Unit Name

Charlottersquos Web

Module 3 (Number of Days 17) TLI Focus Literary Narrative

Unit Overview

In this unit the students will enjoy reading a story of friendship and growing up in rural mid-twentieth century America When Fernrsquos father gives her a pig to raise she is thoroughly enchanted and sets about making Wilbur the most pampered pig on the farm As he grows however the realities of farm life begin to emerge Students will enjoy reading about how Charlotte embarks on a successful campaign to make Wilbur so famous that the farmer will not want to part with him

Performance Task

1 Students will watch the film version of Charlottersquos Web take notes and answer the following questions What are some differences between the book and movie versions of Charlottersquos Web What are some ways they are alike How did the movie help you understand the setting of Charlottersquos Web Explain What is one thing you would have done differently if you had been making the movie Explain

2 Students learn several interesting facts about spiders in this novel Challenge students to work in pairs to continue learning about spider webs and make posters about what they find Provide a variety of print and internet resources to help students with their research

Essential Questions What does it mean to be a dependable friend

How does Nature Inspire Writers

Building Background Knowledge Prior to Teaching Please refer to the North Carolina Unpacked Standards

Explanations and Examples in this document are reference the Arizona Delaware North Carolina and Ohio Departments of Education

PBSD

Reading Complex Texts RLRI310

Writing About Texts W31-2 4-6 9-10

Research Project W37-9

Narrative Writing W33-610

2

RLRI51-10 5-9 Short Texts 1 Extended Text Routine Writing 3-5 Analyses 1 Research Project 2-3 Narratives

Literature When Lightening Comes in a Jar

Literature

Charlottersquos Web

Develop and Convey Understanding

Reading Response

Journal For extended text and

short text students will

respond to short

answer questions show

understanding by

completing an Exit

Ticket and produce

Quick Writes

Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will analyze the text through series of comprehensive short

answer questions

Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will write 1 paragraph in response to

a prompt to analyze a specific section of the

text Students will provide evidence from

the text to support their answers

Integrate knowledge from sources when

composing

Assign to the students a research project on

spider webs and make a poster about what they

find

Convey Experiences Writing-

The students will write a story describing the

friendship between Wilbur and Charlotte

Writing

Write a story about how the animals in Charlottersquos Web were like real animals and

how they were like humans

Writing Quick Write

Write about a special friend and how they helped you

Literature The Bee Tree

Literature Through Grandparsquos

Eyes

Poetry

Come On Rain

Science Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for

Young People

Social Studies The Legend of the

Poinsettia The Legend of the

Bluebonnet

For Reading and Writing in Each Module

Cite Evidence RLRI31

Analyze Content RLRI32-9

SL32-3

Study and Apply Grammar

L31-3 SL56

Study and Apply Vocabulary

L34-6

Conduct Discussions SL31

Report Findings SL34-6

3

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 3

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

RL39 Compare and Contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series

4

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 2 (continued)

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their function in particular sentences

L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

L31c Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

L31g Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

L32c

Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP311h

Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

5

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

6

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

7

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to

9

Continued RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

11

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 2: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

2

RLRI51-10 5-9 Short Texts 1 Extended Text Routine Writing 3-5 Analyses 1 Research Project 2-3 Narratives

Literature When Lightening Comes in a Jar

Literature

Charlottersquos Web

Develop and Convey Understanding

Reading Response

Journal For extended text and

short text students will

respond to short

answer questions show

understanding by

completing an Exit

Ticket and produce

Quick Writes

Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will analyze the text through series of comprehensive short

answer questions

Focus on Inform and

Explain

Students will write 1 paragraph in response to

a prompt to analyze a specific section of the

text Students will provide evidence from

the text to support their answers

Integrate knowledge from sources when

composing

Assign to the students a research project on

spider webs and make a poster about what they

find

Convey Experiences Writing-

The students will write a story describing the

friendship between Wilbur and Charlotte

Writing

Write a story about how the animals in Charlottersquos Web were like real animals and

how they were like humans

Writing Quick Write

Write about a special friend and how they helped you

Literature The Bee Tree

Literature Through Grandparsquos

Eyes

Poetry

Come On Rain

Science Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for

Young People

Social Studies The Legend of the

Poinsettia The Legend of the

Bluebonnet

For Reading and Writing in Each Module

Cite Evidence RLRI31

Analyze Content RLRI32-9

SL32-3

Study and Apply Grammar

L31-3 SL56

Study and Apply Vocabulary

L34-6

Conduct Discussions SL31

Report Findings SL34-6

3

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 3

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

RL39 Compare and Contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series

4

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 2 (continued)

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their function in particular sentences

L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

L31c Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

L31g Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

L32c

Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP311h

Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

5

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

6

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

7

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to

9

Continued RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

11

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 3: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

3

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 3

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

RL39 Compare and Contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters(eg in books from a series

4

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 2 (continued)

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their function in particular sentences

L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

L31c Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

L31g Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

L32c

Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP311h

Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

5

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

6

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

7

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to

9

Continued RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

11

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 4: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

4

3rd

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 2 (continued)

Standards Date Taught Date Re-Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their function in particular sentences

L31b Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

L31c Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

L31d Form and use regular and irregular verbs

L31g Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

L32c

Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP311h

Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

5

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

6

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

7

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to

9

Continued RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

11

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 5: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

5

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

6

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

7

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to

9

Continued RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

11

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 6: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

6

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Students will be able to quote from the text to support their opinion or comprehension Students may create lists of clues stated in the text to support their inference Students may use graphic organizers to arrange clues ideas and quotes with page numbers of the text

Literature Response ldquoHistorical fictionrdquo is a genre that takes place in the past but has a fictional character or fictional elements to it As a class we will compare and contrast various historical fiction stories In order to prepare for class discussions create a T-chart in your journal where you take notes about people places or events you believe are represented accurately and people places or events you believe are fictional Be sure to include in your notes the page number and book title for each example so you can refer back to the text (RL51 RL59) Sample Questions Who was the first to finish the race How do you know Which word(s) from the poem supports your answer bull What is so special about Mario How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Where does the drama take place How do you know Which sentence(s) from the drama supports your answer bull Why did Tiesha try out for the play How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull Why did Tyrone get an ldquoArdquo on his test How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer bull How is John different from Paul How do you know Which sentence(s) from the story supports your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

OPINION

Or

QUOTE

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

SUPPORTING

DETAILS

7

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to

9

Continued RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

11

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 7: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

7

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL31 Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this

space

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to

9

Continued RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

11

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 8: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

8

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Problem and Solution Using a well-known story the teacher may model the process of recounting a story determining how key details support the moral or lesson In the fable of The Boy Who Cried Wolf the moral of the story is that if a person consistently complains they may not be listened to in an actual emergency The students would note the details from the story that led to him not being believed by others Students may complete graphic organizers (cause amp effect problem-solution) to show details supporting the lesson in a story

Lead a discussion with the students to introduce the genre of trickster tales using questions such as these

One of the types of folk stories handed down in cultures is a ldquotrickster talerdquo What root word do you hear in ldquotricksterrdquo

Have you ever played a trick on someone

Have you ever had a trick played on you Tell students that ldquotrickster talesrdquo are stories that involve playing tricks to solve problems and to make them even more interesting that they are from different cultures As students read encourage them to think about characters and their traits Remind them that the story is not just in the text but also in the illustrations The illustrations help to tell the story and to give hints about the culture or origin Use the following questions to guide discussions after they (or you) read the trickster stories Eventually require students to answer these questions independently

Who is the trickster

Who is the fool who gets tricked

What was the problem in the story

How did the trick solve the problem

Think about what the message of the story might be and why these stories have been told for hundreds of years

Creating Personal Fables Ask students to assign animal characters to represent people they know This is a private process and no one but the student needs to know which animal represents the students mother teacher brother or themselves etc Have students create a story staring those animal characters

Formative Assessment Opportunities

bull Analyze and provide feedback to students as they recount the story Listen to see how their recounting sounds Does the student only include the most important events in the story Does the student tell the events in order from the beginning middle and end During small group instruction provide students with more time to

9

Continued RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

11

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 9: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

9

Continued RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text Continued

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary Story Map Graphic Organizers and Strategies for Story Maps A story map is a strategy that uses a graphic organizer to help students learn the elements of a book or story By identifying story characters plot setting problem and solution students read carefully to learn the details There are many different types of story map graphic organizers The most basic focus on the beginning middle and end of the story More advanced organizers focus more on plot or character traits

practice recounting stories bull Exit Slip Have students write in their readerrsquos notebook what is important to remember about recounting stories bull Collect written accounts of the story from their readerrsquos notebook bull Analyze the work and provide feedback to the students Storytelling Festival Day The primary goal of a student festival is to help students feel confident speaking publicly and to encourage considerate group listening skills to support each teller Have each student prepare to present a short oral story (3-5 minutes) first to one other student and then to larger groups until the telling is for the entire class Students can find stories to tell either in the Stories In A Nutshell or Aesops ABC section of this website or send students to the Library to take out a folktale book from the 3982 section

Art History is Filled with Stories Have students research paintings or sculpture inspired by myth legend or folklore After learning the artworks background tale have students orally present both the artwork and its accompanying story

Sample Questions bull What happens in this ___ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull Place each event in a box to show the order in which it happens in the _____ (storyfablefolktalemyth) bull What lesson does the author hope the reader learns from the story What key details in the story help the reader understand this lesson bull What lesson does this folktale teach What key details in the folktale help teach this lesson bull What is the moral of this fable What key details in the fable help teach this moral bull What lesson is this myth trying to teach What key details are used to convey this lesson Lesson Plans and Activities

RL 2 Unit Lesson Plans

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY hellip organized by standard

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

11

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 10: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

10

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board of Genres and Multi-Media Resources

Students will retell stories including key details The retelling can include dramatization completing graphic organizers and illustration of the story (RL32 RL33 RL37)

Pinterest Board with story elements-character-traits-summary

Retelling Strategy and Why Retelling is so Powerful

11

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 11: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

11

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers model completing graphic organizers to show the relationship between events and characters of a well-known story Teachers provide examples of descriptions of how characters respond to events to serve as a guide to students Character Contribution Chart

Character Traits Motivation Feelings Contributions

Source commoncoreorg

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

Literary Response After reading Knots on a Counting Rope John Archambault Ted Rand and Bill Martin Jr review the character traits of the boy and his grandfather Have the students partner up and list three characteristics for each Introduce another story that honors grandparents Through Grandparsquos Eyes Patricia Maclachlan and Deborah Kogan Ray As students finish reading the new book have them work with the same partner to list at least three characteristics of each character in the new story

How are the grandparents similar and different

How are the grandchildren similar and different

What is the message of each book What do you think the author might have wanted you to learn

Understanding Character Students select a character from an individually or group read text They can become the character to provide details about how that characterrsquos actions impact the sequence of events in the selection Becoming the character can include dressing like that character creating character specific props andor making character puppets They should know the character well enough to explain character feelings attitudes and motivations Sample Questions bull Explain how the boy smiling changes the story bull Explain how the girl feels when she learns what happened How does that affect what she does next bull Explain what the dog does to find his owner What does that show the reader about the dog bull Explain why the main character changes during the story How does that influence what happens next in the story bull Describe ____ (a character in the story) How does hisher actions contribute to the sequence of events in the story bull Explain how the actions of ___ (a character in the story) influence what happens next

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 12: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

12

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board for story-elements-character-traits-summary

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 13: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

13

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students may research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce understanding

Non-Literal Phrases (idioms)

Literal Meaning

Driving me up the wall Annoying me

You are pulling my leg You are not being truthful with me

Raining cats and dogs A heavy thunderstorm

When pigs fly Something that is

impossible

Source commoncoreorg

Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat)

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for

LanguageWriting Read several books that use idioms in the story (eg the Amelia Bedelia series) or a book that uses idioms as the text (eg Terbanrsquos work) Then assign the students this prompt ldquoChoose an idiomatic saying Draw a picture of the literal and figurative meaning of the saying Write a short paragraph to explain to someone like Amelia Bedelia why it is important to know what the saying really meansrdquo (RL34 RI35 L34 L35) Figurative Language Fun Use books like the Amelia Bedilia books by Peggy Parish to illustrate the differences between the literal and figurative meanings of words Have students participate in induced imagery (mentally developing a visual picture of what has been read) and use a T-Chart to record what it literally means and what it really means as a sample text is read aloud Sample Questions bull What is the meaning of ______ on page 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What is meant by the phrase ldquoPut on your thinking caprdquo in paragraph 6

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 14: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

14

FiguratiiveLanguage

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

Target Fundamental Lessons MI009 (RI34)

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 15: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

15

Craft and Structure

Explanation Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers create a focus wall that includes terms of various literature structures as a resource Students will be able to use information recorded on a graphic organizer to write or to speak about the text Students create a literature structure journal as a resource

PoetryComprehension Using a poem such as ldquoEating While Readingrdquo Gary Soto to illustrate how each line builds meaning to the next Have students read multiple poems aloud to each other explaining their understanding of the poem line-by-line and stanza-by-stanza (RL35) Compare Folk Literature Use a T-Chart to compare two versions of the same folktale (ie Galdonersquos Three Little Pigs and Sceiskarsquos The True Story of the Three Little Pigs) The focus of the comparison should be the motifs commonly found in folk or traditional literature

Sample Questions bull Explain how the second chapter of the story helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull Explain how scene 2 builds suspense Use examples from the drama in your explanation bull Explain how the last stanza in the poem brings the ideas presented together Use examples from the poem in your explanation Thinking StemsAnchor Chart bull Does each chapter supply meaning to the story bull How does the first chapter help us to understand the second chapter bull Explain how the ___ chapter helps the reader to understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story in your explanation bull In which chapter does the author introduce what the main character wants Use examples from the story in your explanation Formative Assessment Opportunities bull Listen during class discussions of the book Record observations of students who are able to refer to specific chapters in the book Also note students who are able to describe how each chapter helps to build the story Continue to confer with students who are having difficulty with this standard

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 16: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

16

bull Performance Task Have students choose one chapter from the book and describe how that chapter builds on the earlier chapters For example if a student chose chapter 2 in My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett they could describe how they find out how Elmer will be able to fly in this chapter In chapter 1 the reader only knows that Elmer wants to fly but not how In this chapter the cat tells Elmer about the dragon and how the animals on the island have captured the dragon for their own use ldquoNow Irsquom quite sure that if you were able to rescue the dragon which wouldnrsquot be the least bit easy hersquod let you ride him most anywhere provided you were nice to himhelliprdquo The information in the second chapter builds on the first chapter telling the reader how Elmer can fly

Lesson Plans and Activities How Readers Theatre Should Look in a Classroom Lesson Plan

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 17: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

17

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellip describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Anchor Chart Example for My Fatherrsquos Dragon Good Readers preview books before they read hellip We noticed thathellip bull It is a Newberry Honor book bull Itrsquos about a boy named Elmer who tries to rescue a dragon bull It is an adventurefantasy story bull It has 10 chapters bull There are pictures and maps

Pinterest Board for Poetry

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 18: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

18

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

This standard focuses on identifying point of view and distinguishing differences in the point of view Students read selections on the same topic told from different points of view Students use graphic organizers to list supporting details from the narrator characters or their own point of view Students highlight signal words or phrases that support the narratorrsquos charactersrsquo or their point of view

Point of View Chart

Author Characters or Narrator My Point of view

Class DiscussionLiteraryWriting Lead a class discussion based on Could Be Worse James Stevenson using the following promptsquestions

How do you think the children felt when they tried to tell the grandfather of an adventure and he always topped it with a fantastic tale

If you were the grandfather what story would you have told

Write a ldquofantasticrdquo grandfather response to this I fell off the monkey bars on the playground and scraped my knee

(RL36 W310 W33 L31 L33 L3) Author Studies Students read a collection of books written by the same author to analyze similarities and differences in their books For example an author study of Chris VanAllsburg might focus on the similarities in tone and mood across several of his texts As students complete the comparison they can chart it on a Semantic Feature Analysis chart that lists the books down the side and the various features across the top An example of this chart can be found at ReadWriteThink at httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourceslesson_imageslesson240chartpdf Sample Questions bull Who is telling the story bull How does Lawanda feel about the trip How is that different from how you would feel bull How does the narrator feel about Frank getting a new dog How is that different from how you would feel

Lesson Plans and Activities Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Point of View Activity

Author

Narrator Self

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 19: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

19

CCCS Focus

Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 20: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting) Continued on next page

Authors use illustrations to support their writing illustrations can create mood evoke feelings emphasize character traits and depict setting Using the story Tops and Bottoms Janet Stevens the teacher will demonstrate the importance of text illustrations Teacher asks students how vegetables grow (checking background knowledge) Teacher reads story without showing pictures Students discuss how bearrsquos and rabbitrsquos crops look at the end of the first harvest Teacher shows the illustration Students compare their image to the illustratorrsquos depiction

Class DiscussionArt Appreciation Paul Goble is a talented artist who though not a Native American has been fascinated by Native American life for many years and has dedicated much of his art to the culture Read the following quote to the students Discuss the following quote amp questions with the students ldquo[Goblersquos] art is tremendous because he is able to recreate the traditional forms with great accuracy and detail The designs he draws are completely authentic and his colors are the same ones that were used by the old-timers before the reservation days He is able to recreate the spirit of the old stories with his illustrations and his wordsrdquo - Joe Medicine Crow Crow Tribal Historian and oldest living member of the Crow Tribe

What does this quote mean

How do you think this quote by a Native American made Paul Goble feel when he heard it for the first time

(SL31 RL37) Mood Charades With the whole group generate a list of moods (ie excited nervous confused) Write moods on cards Have a student pull a mood card out of a container The student is to show the mood through facial expressions and body movements ndash no speaking allowed This activity can be repeated using student drawings Students draw the mood adding and changing details while the whole group guesses the mood

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 21: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

21

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

Sample Questions bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the setting of the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation bull Explain how the illustrations make the reader feel Why bull Explain how the illustration helps the reader understand the main character in the story Use examples from the story and illustration in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

httplearnzillioncomlessons1943-explain-how-illustrations-contribute-to-the-meaning-of-a-story - video

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link) - see next page

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Pedagogy for Teaching Meaning using Words and Visualizing

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 22: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

22

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL37 Explain how specific aspects of a textrsquos illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (eg create mood emphasize aspects of a character or setting)

3RL8 (not applicable to literature)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Teaching with Illustrations Article and Lesson Plan (author and illustrators explain their books with video link)

Brian Selznick

The Dinosaurs of Waterhouse Hawkins

Selnicks detailed illustrations provide another

dimension to this biography of a little-known

scientist and his lifes work

Mark Teague

Dear Mrs LaRue Letters from Obedience School

In this humorous look at a dogs life behind bars

Teague uses an interplay between illustrations and

text to tell the whole story

Ana Juan

The Night Eater

In this picture book Juans lush illustrations bring

readers into the fantastical world of The Night Eater

a creature that gobbles up darkness

Ana Juan

Frida

In this biography of the famous painter Frida Kahlo

Juans whimsical representations of Fridas life both

incorporate and pay homage to Fridas artistic style

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 23: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Three Story Map

Before ReadingDuring ReadingAfter Reading Checklist Characters Who are the characters What are the characterrsquos traits Plot What are the events in the story Setting Where does the story take place Point of View Who tells the story Style What sort of words and sentences are Used

Ramona Quimby

Ramona the Pest

Ramona and

her Father

Main Character

Main Setting

PlotEvents

ThemeLessonMoral

Conclusion Resolution

Comparing Text Formats Compare and contrast texts done in different formats (ie book e-book film) Discuss how the texts are alike and how they are different with regard to plot theme and setting Use online versions of graphic organizers to record responses Class DiscussionLiterature Introduce the unit by asking students if they have family stories they love to tell Allow students to share favorite family stories for a few minutes Introduce that dayrsquos new chapter book The Stories Julian Tells Ann Cameron and Ann Strugnell As students read the first chapter of the book ldquoThe Pudding Like a Night on the Seardquo ask them to examine Julian as a character You might post these leading questions and discuss their meaning by having your students ask you the questions as their new teacher

How would you describe Julian

What are his character traits

Why does he do what he does Read the chapter aloud to the students as they follow along Continue reading the subsequent chapters in the days that follow encouraging as much independent reading as possible Continue to focus on character traits and motivation As students finish this book allow them to choose to move to other character stories in this series or to continue with Julian This provides the opportunity to compare and contrast books andor characters by the same author (RL33 SL36 SL31 SL34 RL39) Sample Question(s) bull How are the themesplotssettings in Kevin Henkersquos books ________ (title) and________ (title) alike and different

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 24: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series)

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Theme Plot and Setting (Story Elements)

Lesson Plans and Activities

Website to create Character Trading Cards to compare characters in books httpwwwreadwritethinkorgfilesresourcesinteractivestrading_cards_2

wwwinternet4classroomscom RL 9 - 13 Lesson Plans

Mapping Characters Across Book Series

Great Lesson Plans and Explicit Information from Jefferson KY

Pinterest Board of Book Collections and Rewards

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 25: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c) Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs

Teachers identify conventions and spelling patterns in context as it appear in writing speaking and literature Teachers provide text with convention errors Students will identify and correct errors Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Students identify given conventions and spelling patterns in context

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Class DiscussionLanguage Ruth Heller has written a series of informational books that teach parts of speech Remind students they learned about ldquonounsrdquo in second grade As you read the book Merry-Go-Round A Book About Nouns by Ruth Heller have the students listen for more information about nouns Pause as you read to allow the students to share what they are learning or to ask questions Review nouns pronouns and verbs using the Ruth Heller series Create word banks for each part of speech and add vocabulary from class work to reinforce the application (RI31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31 L31) Class DiscussionLanguage Activity Many Luscious Lollipops by Ruth Heller teaches about adjectives through several language lessons Read this book to the class covering a few pages a day so that students may incorporate what they learn each day into conversation and writing Use the adjectives and adverbs (which are covered in another Heller book Up Up and Away) to build interesting sentences about the sea and in studentsrsquo own narratives Be sure students can explain the function of each part of speech (adjectives and adverbs) and its use in literature speech and writing (L31 L32 L35) Have students create cause and effect-related sentences orally and then have them write the sentences down Look for the use of coordinating and subordinating conjunctions in their work (L31 L31 RI33)

Class DiscussionLiterary As students read the book My Fatherrsquos Dragon by Ruth Stiles Gannett and Ruth Chrisman Gannett continue the focus from unit 5 on how each chapter builds on the last to tell the story

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 26: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

26

Continued on next page

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking

a) Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Continued on next page

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts of

As students finish each chapter have them write down a short summary of what happened and illustrate it with a drawing Have the students turn this into a mini-book of the larger book As students write their summaries in this activity you could teach a strategy for writing succinct summaries such as ldquoSomebody-Wanted-But-Sordquo (RL310 RF34c L31 L32 L33) Informational ReadingNote Taking Reading biographies of artists and musicians provides an opportunity for students to focus on noting important information in the text Tell students that while they are reading or listening to someone else read a biography they should note the key events that occur in the subjectrsquos life Have students recall and generate a list of the key question words to consider such as ldquowho where when why what and howrdquo Divide students into small groups and assign each group a question stem Have students create a chart with the questions down the left hand column of the chart Then create a similar chart on the board or a notepad in the front of the room Using the key question words to guide comprehension read aloud a biography of a famous person such as the singer Marian Anderson As students hear answers to their questions have them raise their hands Write answers on a class chart and have the students write the information on their own charts (RI37 RI31 RI33 W38 L32) Photography Use images to prompt attention to vivid detail and the use of descriptive adjectives Images can be taken from royalty-free image sites Often calendars from previous years have images that are good for this activity Students also may want to bring in photos to trade with other students for this activity

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 27: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

27

Speech Conventions

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L31 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

b)Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns

c)Use abstract nouns (eg childhood)

d)Form and use regular and irregular verbs

g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs and choose between them depending on what is to be modified

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Lesson Plans and Activities

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Lesson Plans for Parts

of Speech Conventions

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 28: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing C) Use commas and quotations marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b Use commas in greetings and closings of letters

Lesson Plans and Activities Who Said That - Use Quotes from chapters

worksheet

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 29: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Strategies and Activities

L32 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing b)_Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

LP31h Use determiners (eg articles demonstratives)

LP311i Use frequently occurring prepositions (eg during beyond toward)

LP311j Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative interrogative imperative and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts

LP312a Capitalize dates and names of people

LP322b

Teachers please feel free to write your own notes in this space

Pinterest Board with Conventions Anchor Charts and

Activities

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 30: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

30

Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Reading Mini Lessons

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanzahellipdescribe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people W32

Write informativeexplanatory texts to

examine a topic and convey ideas and

information clearly

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories W31

Write opinion pieces on topics or

texts supporting a point of view with

reasons

Section 1 November 10-14 2014

Chapters 1-8

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1-8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Literary Element Setting p 8 9

26

Comprehension and Analysis 9

10 27

Set a purpose for reading p9

Context Clues (Vocabulary)

Respond to Reading

Comprehension and Analysis

p9 10

Reading Mini-lessons

RL33 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE011

Identify and describe characters

Including their traits feelings

relationships and changes

Close Reading chapter 1 Close Reading for Charlottes Web Ch 1-3 Charlottes Web Close Read ch1-3

Reading Journal Essential Questions

pg 7 24

Language

LP312a Target

Fundamental Lesson LC021

Use Correct Capitalization

(eg titles dates days of the

week names of countries)

Common Core Progress Book

Page 46 (L31a L31c)

Writing

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1)

Textual Analysis How are

Charlotte and Fern alike

How are they different Use

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

Common Core Guide to Charlottes

Common Core Progress Book

Vocabulary

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 1 - 8 TLI Unit

(Section1) p8 25

chapter

control

determined

expression

injustice

property

Vocabulary Idea

Story Starter Ideas from Charlottes

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 31: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

31

examples from the story to

write a paragraph comparing

and contrasting Fern and

Charlotte Pg 10 28

W31 Charlotte weaves the following words

into her web to describe Wilbur

some pig terrific radiant and

humble Do you think these words

describe Wilbur Why or why not

What adjective would you use to

describe Wilbur and why Use details

from the text to support your answers

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web

Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings)

Section 2 November 17-21 2014

Chapters 9-15

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 47 (L31b)

Websites Compass Learning Odyssey

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 32: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

32

and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL31 Ask and answer questions to

demonstrate understanding of a

text referring explicitly to the text

as the basis for the answers

RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal

L31b

Form and use regular and irregular

plural nouns

L32c

Use abstract nouns

Other Standards

W32a

Reading Mini-lessons Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI Unit

(Section2)

Literacy Element

Characterization p 12 30

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 12 31

Reading Mini-lessons

RL36 Target Fundamental Lesson

SE012

Identify Charactersrsquo traits

motivations conflicts points of

view and relationships

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9 -

15 TLI Unit (Section2)

Textual Analysis In chapter 11 ldquoThe

Miraclerdquo Mr Zuckermann says ldquoWe

have no ordinary pigrdquo Mrs

Zuckermann says ldquoWe have no

ordinary spiderrdquo Who do you think is

right Write a paragraph Use

examples from the story to support

your opinion Pg 1332

Writing

Common Core Progress Book

Page 52

Write a fictional narrative about

animal characters

Common Core Progress Book

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 1129

Locate

Attracted

Common

Examined

Occasional

ordinary

Standards Standards Extended Text Charlottersquos Web Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

Section 3 November 24-December

5 2014

Chapters 16-22-15

Reading Mini-lessons

Language

Common Core Progress Book

Page 49 (L32c)

Page 51 (Review)

Common Core Progress Book

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 33: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

33

key details in the text

W38 Recall information from experiences or gather information from printdigital sources take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into categories L32c Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 16-22 TLI Unit

(Section3)

Literacy Element Plot pg 15 34

Comprehension and Analysis

pg 1516 35

Charlottes Web Chapt 18 Close Read

Assessment Novel Test pg17 18 37 38

39 40 41

2 Part Assessment (Matching identifying

quotations and two short-answer

questions)

Charlottes Web Test

Writing Charlottersquos Web Chapters

16 -22 TLI Unit (Section3)

Pg 1636

Do you think Templeton the rat is a

friend to Wilbur Why Use

information from the story to explain

Students should express their opinion

about if Templeton is a friend to

Wilbur and use events from the novel

to support their opinion

Charlottersquos Web Chapters 9-15 TLI

Unit (Section2)

Vocabulary pg 14 33

final

admired

excitement

satisfied

special

triumph

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through

When Lightening Comes in a Jar by Patricia Polacco RL37 Based on the cover of this book what do

you think the story will be about What

do you see that makes you think that way RL36 RL31 At the beginning of the second paragraph

of the story the narrator says ldquoNow I

Language

Writing RL31 What are four things the narrator loves

about their family reunions Use

details from the passage to support

your answer (eating jello and meatloaf playing

baseball and croquet spitting

httpwwwreadingrocketsorgbooksinterviewspolacco

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 34: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

34

key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) L31a Explain the function of nouns pronouns verbs adjectives and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences

remember that dayrdquo What is the author

doing from this paragraph until the last

nine pages of the book (going back in time to when she was a

little girl and they had their last family

reunion) What happens in the last part of the story

(The narrator goes back to her adult self

and talks again about the upcoming

reunion that is to happen at her house She

has become the storyteller) RL32 Retell the story Be sure to include the

central message and supporting details RL37 Why do you think the illustrator adds real

photographs to the pictures when they

fetch all the family portrait albums (perhaps to help show that this story is

from the authorrsquos life and is about real

people) RL34 RL37 How do the illustrations on pages 11 and

12 help you understand the text more

clearly (pictures show croquet with bent hoops

bag races and rides on the draft horse

watermelon seeds measuring the kids

on the doorjamb looking at photo

albums telling stories) RL33 After watching the interviews of

Patricia Polacco (reading rockets

family stories and firetalking) and

reading this story what about

Polaccorsquos upbringing and personality

might make her want to continue the

family reunions at her own house

after so many years (she loves family traditions she grew

up listening to the stories of her Aunts

and Grandparents she loves her role

as the storyteller in the family now

she was raised with older generations

living in her house since her Aunts

and Grandparents are no longer alive

she wanted to bring them back to

memory with their stories)

Sharing Family Traditions Co-Constructed Chart Example

Common Core Progress Book

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 35: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

35

Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of

The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco RL37 Before reading the first page of the book

ask students to look closely at the

picture What information does the

illustrator give you about the characters

and the setting just from the pictures

What specific part of the picture tells you

that (Grampa values reading You can tell this

because he is surrounded by books He

RL39 Compare and contrast When

Lightning Comes in a Jar and The Bee

Tree Have students create a chart

with the following headings Title

characters setting problem attempts

solution After both stories have been

read and discussed ask students to

complete the chart for both books and

then write a paragraph about what is

the same in both stories and a second

paragraph with what is different in the

Common Core Progress Book httpwwwpatriciapolaccocomauthorbiobiohtml Background Info for the Teacher

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 36: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

36

a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) W310 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a singe sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

has one in his hand 5 on the floor at his

feet one opened on the table and a

bookshelf full just behind him Grampa

also looks Jewish because of the hat he is

wearing It looks like he is unhappy with

the little girl because he is looking at her

and pointing his finger Mary Ellen likes

to run and play outside You can tell this

because both of her knees are skinned up

her cheeks are sunburned or windburned

her hair is messy and she is walking

around the house barefooted It looks like

it happened in the past because the

pictures on the walls are black and white

and the heater looks old It looks like it is

cold outside because Grampa and Mary

Ellen are both wearing long sleeves there

is a heater in the room there is a pitcher of

hot tea on the table and the cat is inside RL32 After reading the story students complete

the boxes in a plot summary map Plot Map 1 In box one write what happens at the

beginning of the story that led Grampa

and Mary Ellen to hunt for a bee tree 2 In each of the next boxes list in order

the people who they come across on the

way to the bee tree Tell who they were

and what they were doing 3 After all of the people are listed write

bee tree in the second to last box and

where they found the bee tree

stories

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 37: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

37

4 The last box includes where all the

people ended up and what they did

RL32 SL34 W310 Ask students to orally recount the story

making sure to include the lesson learned

in the story After the oral retelling each

student should write it down in a short

paragraph (Mary Ellen is a little girl who tells her

grampa that she is tired of reading and that

she would rather play outdoors Mary

Ellens grampa suggests that they find a

bee tree After collecting some bees in a

jar Grampa lets one out and he and Mary

Ellen follow that bee Along the way

they meet other members of the town who

want to join them on their quest for the

bee tree After a long chase the bee tree

is found The bees are then smoked out

and the honey is gathered After a honey

party Grampa places some of the honey

on a book He tells Mary Ellen to taste

it She discovers that there is sweetness

inside of books and that knowledge like

honey must be pursued)

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 38: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

38

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL34 Determine the meaning of words

Through Grandparsquos Eyes by Patricia MacLachlan RL34 Vocabulary carved burrow banister

dollop gutter cello sharps and flats

sculpt RL37 Why do you think the illustrator made the

pictures hazy and unclear RL31 Text Dependent Questions

RL32 What is the central message of the

story (Grandpa is blind but he does not let

his disability keep him from doing

what he wants to do) W34 Using details from story write about

some of things he is able to do despite

his disability (exercise eat without

help walk down stairs tell what kind

of flowers are in the house play the

cello tell which direction the wind is

blowing recognize a bird by its

httpwwwscholasticcomteacherscontributorpatricia-maclachlan httpwwwpublishersweeklycompwby-topicauthorsinterviewsarticle43625-q-a-with-patricia-maclachlanhtml

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 39: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

39

and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) W34 With guidance and support from adults produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1ndash3 above

sounds wash and dry dishes read

books watch television) How Grandpa Sees

Common Core Progress Book

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 40: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

40

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL31 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text including figurative language such as metaphors and similes

Come on Rain by Karen Hesse RL31 RL33 RL34 RL35 RL36

RL37 L35a Text Dependent Questions - Come on

Rain

Writing Where do writers come up with

good ideas (If You Were a

Writer)

Skim and scan parts of your

writers notebook

Recall a memory experience

adventure fantasy or dream

That could become a story

Read book titles in the library to

see if an interesting title sparks

an idea Skim magazines to find

issues worthy of opinion

writing Talk to someone about

httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=q0bmQaVNCTg Text of Come On Rain Text of Come on Rain in Two Columns Literature Circle Part 1 Literature Circle Part 2

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 41: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

41

Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL36 Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

school issues you feel strongly

about

Start by sharing reviews of

movies books restaurant

music etc Look online at

Amazon or search for reviews

by kids You Tube has several

book and movie reviews done

by students

Common Core Progress Book

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 42: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

42

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL35 Refer to parts of stories dramas and poems when writing or speaking about a text using terms such as chapter scene and stanza describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem) RL39 Compare and contrast the themes settings and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (eg in books from a series) LP312a

Capitalize dates and names of people

W35

With guidance and support from peers

and adults develop and strengthen

writing as needed by planning revising

and editi

Other standards taught SL31 a SL31d RF34b

Color Me a Rhyme-Nature

Poems for Young People

L33a As you read the Haiku on p 25 which

word or phrase did the author use that

jumped out at you Why do you think the

author chose to use that word or phrase (Note to teacher When teaching poetry

pay attention to ways the author might

suggest the setting by her word

choice Poetry written about nature is

often either inspiring or frightening One

interpretation of this poem is that the

beauty of nature suspends ones fear of

death)

W35 L33a

After reading the poems go back and re-

read page 7 (A Note From the

Author) Discuss how writers look at the

world differently and take the time to

select significant words to show what they

see and feel Use examples from the

book Also remind them that some poems

are long and some are short There are

different types and forms and poetry does

not have to rhyme Each student should

choose one of the photographs that they

like After spending a few minutes really

looking at the picture they need to begin

brainstorming words they could use to

describe the picture Then they need to

dig deeper for a more detailed

description Last they should use their

Language

Writing

RL31

In the poem ldquoGreenrdquo on page 8 why

does the author say ldquoPerhaps the

world needed a poet not an angelrdquo (Because the world has so many

things that are green and so few colors

that name the shades Since poets

know all the secret words they could

have created many more words to

show green) RL32 Determine the moral of the poem

ldquoWhiterdquo (page 16) and explain how it

is conveyed through key details

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

How to Write a Haiku

Vocabulary

Haiku

Stanza Common Core Progress Book

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 43: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

43

list of words to create his or her own

poem about the color or the picture

L34a

On page 21 the poet says ldquoBlack am I

and much admiredrdquo Who or what do you

think is speaking What makes you think

that

RL37

How does the photograph help the reader

understand the text of the ldquoBrownrdquo poem

RF34b

Give the students this promptldquoChoose

one of the Jane Yolen poems to memorize

or read interpretively Be sure to

communicate the meaning of the poem in

the way you recite or read itrdquoDemonstrate

fluent reading to the children being sure

to show how meaningful phrasing and

expression guide the dramatic

interpretation of a poem

RL35 RL39 SL31a SL31d Read

two poems aloud that have similar topics

such as ldquoGrayrdquo and ldquoBrownrdquo Ask the

students the following questions What do you think is the message

of each poem Cite evidence

from the poem by stanza and

line that hints at the meaning

How are these poems similar

How are they different

Which of the poems do you think

is the best Why

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 44: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

44

(Note to teacher Poetry interpretation

will change depending on the background

that each reader brings Here is one idea

as to the meaning of the Gray poem ldquoThe

poem Gray is a paradox How do colors

inform our mood our knowledge Even

though the gray is a positive for the

speaker the poemrsquos meaning pivots on the

use of ldquoliesrdquo The gradual lies of the trout

and sky are that the trout will glisten in

rainbow colors when the sun comes out

and the gray clouds will turn white again

but the dead tree will never be alive

(green) again That treersquos gray has no

mystery at all Its grayness personifies

truthrdquo)

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 45: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

45

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RL33 Describe characters in a story (eg their traits motivations or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events RL34 Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text distinguishing literal from non-literal language

RL37 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning tone or beauty of a text (eg graphic novel multimedia presentation of fiction folktale myth poem)

The Legend of the Poinsettia by Tomie

dePaola

Mini Lesson

RL32 What is the lesson the old woman taught

Lucida at the end of the story Does she

end up being correct How do you know (Any gift is beautiful because it is

given She is correct because the weeds

Lucida gives the Baby Jesus turn into

beautiful flowers

RL33 What happens because Lucidarsquos Mama

gets sick How would the story have

ended differently if her Mama had not

gotten sick (Because Lucidarsquos Mama gets sick she

tries to finish the blanket herself and

tangles the blanket If Mama had not

gotten sick she probably would have

finished the blanket for the Baby

Jesus The other church members would

have been impressed but the poinsettia

flower would not have been created) RL34 Determine the meaning of the following

Spanish words using context clues Tell

Language

L31d Target Fundamental

Lessons LC034

Use Regular Irregular

Singular Plural and Helping

Verbs

Writing RL32 In The Legend of the Poinsettia

Tomie dePaola tells the Mexican

legend of how the poinsettia flower

came to be Summarize the main

events of the legend Recount the four

most important events from the legend

in chronological order Number your

answer 1-4 Example 1 Padre Alvarez asks Mama and

Lucida to create a new blanket for the

Baby Jesus 2 Mama gets sick and Lucida ruins

the blanket trying to do it herself 3 An old woman convinces Lucida

that any gift will be well-received 4 Lucida gives the Baby Jesus a set

of weeds that turn into the poinsettia

flower

Websites

Compass Learning Odyssey

httpwwwreadingrocketsorg

booksinterviews

httpwwwkidsreadscomauth

orsauthorsasp

Vocabulary

Poinsettia

Legend

Poinsettia Ornament

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 46: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

46

the clues that led you to know the

meanings burro (donkey)

casita (little house) la Navidad (Christmas)

RL37 Study the illustration on the page that

begins lsquoldquoWhat is Lucida carryingrdquo a

woman whisperedrsquo How do the church

members feel about Lucida bringing a

bundle of weeds in for the Baby

Jesus How do you know (They are shocked and embarrassed by it

a man is pointing a young boyrsquos mouth is

shaped in an ldquoordquo two women are

whispering one woman is peeking out

around anotherrsquos shoulder to see what is

happening)

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 47: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

47

Standards Standards Short Text Mini Lesson

Language amp Routine Writing in

ldquoMy Reading Journalrdquo

Related Resources amp Vocabulary

RL32 Recount stories including fables folktales and myths from diverse cultures determine the central message lesson or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text RI37 Demonstrate the importance of text illustrations LP312c Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series

The Legend of the Bluebonnet by Tomie dePaola

Reading Mini-lesson RL31 How did She-Who-Is-Alone get her

name (After her family all dies from the famine

the people named her and cared for her) RL33 What special qualities did the girl show by

giving up her doll (She had courage

enough to act on her own she cared more

about the people than herself - unselfish)

How do the girlrsquos actions contrast the

response of the warrior with the bow and

the woman with the blanket (they cared

more about what they had than the people

- selfish)

RL32 What is the lesson we can learn from the

story (selfless action can produce miraculous

results) RL39 Compare and contrast The Legend of the

Language LP312c Commas in a Series of Verbs Journeys TE T218 T226 Projectable 86 Journeys Practice Book 102 104 107

Writing RL31 How did the girlrsquos choice lead to both

sadness and joy Use details from the

passage to support your response (Her choice led to sadness because she

Vocabulary

legend

famine

courage httpsdocsgooglecomabryantschoolsorgdocumentd1mqusRfleK9z32wLaCNv6FokPKEcFbZzq8yUga-PPea0editpli=1 Read Write Think Character Lesson

Common Core Progress

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 48: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

48

Poinsettia and The Legend of the

Bluebonnet (Compare Both have a girl as a heroine

reward comes as flowers desperation

leads to a choice one wise person tells the

girls what to do they had to listen and

follow in the end the girls were admired

by others Contrast different settings

different family structures different

cultures different belief systems)

burned her most valued possession

and the only thing that was left from

her family Her choice lead to joy

because she was the only one who was

unselfish enough to do what the Great

Spirits asked and because of her

sacrifice the rain came and the people

were able to survive) RL31 In what ways was the little girl

rewarded for her unselfish behavior (The ground was covered with

beautiful flowers it rained and the

land began to live again and she got a

new name)

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 49: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

49

Writerrsquos Workshop Performance TaskResearch Project (10 days)

PERFORMANCE TASK PLANNING DRAFTING REVISINGEDITING

TLI Unit of Related Resources for Mayflower p 31-38

Research Project on Farm Animal or Crop

Presentation of their paper and product

Students will research a chosen topic on a farm animal or crop They will use several texts to gather information about the subject They will write a research paper Students will create visuals for their animal or crop in the form of posters products or clothing Students will present their papers and product to their class

The teacher will model a process for collecting information on an animal or crop taking notes on note cards and storing the notes in library pockets in a file folder Each library pocket will be labeled as

Introduction

Body Paragraphs

Conclusion

Day 1

Explore Possible Topics Students may visit the AR Agriculture and Manufacturing Facts for Kids and explore some of the links to discover information about crops

For example clicking on the ldquoProducers Rice Millrdquo link will take students to the rice mills web site where they can learn about history cultivation and milling of rice and the many types of rice

Day 2

Students will choose a topic and gather information from reliable sources They can also use books and magazine articles Students may also ask

Day 3

The teacher will model using the note cards to write a paragraph reminding students to paraphrase the information and record it on the note cards

Source information for a book should include basic bibliography information such as the author and title Source information should include information from a Web site and should include the author the home page and the date accessed

After students have recorded their information on note cards have them organize the information in some logical fashion Students will need to write an introduction body paragraphs and a conclusion

Day 5

The teacher will model the process from day 3 of constructing a paragraph using the note cards day 4 The students will do the same during work time

Day 8 Students will use a combination of Peer Editing and Teacher conferencing to edit and revise paragraphs for their paper Days 9 and 10 Publishing Research Projects may be published in the form of a traditional paper or teachers may choose to publish in the form of a book to demonstrate the understanding of the conventions of nonfiction text features Title Headings Table of Contents Bold Print Maps Labels Index Glossary Picture Captions Have students reread their first drafts Have they included an introduction that tells what the research report is about Does the introductory paragraph contain their central focus Do the body paragraphs all develop and support the main idea

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 50: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

50

their teacher or librarian if they have questions about the reliability of the source

DAY 4

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop chosen The students will do the same during the work time

Day 6

The teacher will model the process from day 2 to collect information about the animal or crop and any other interesting facts The students will do the same during the work time

Day 7

The teacher will model the process of constructing a paragraph using the note cards from the previous day

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 51: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

51

WRITING WORKSHOP (Management Conventions Process

Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

NARRATIVE WRITING MINI LESSON IDEAS

OPINION WRITING MINI LESSONS

RELATED RESOURCES

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the adults who sailed on the Mayflower and planning a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos Point of view

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrimrsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Girl and A Day in the Life of a Pilgrim Boy and the teacher and students comparing and contrasting the lives of children today and the lives of Pilgrim boys and girls the teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be an adult during the time of the pilgrims The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want to be a child during the times of the pilgrims Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 52: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

52

During work time the students will draft about a day traveling on the Mayflower from a Pilgrim childrsquos point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

53

Page 53: 3rd Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 3 2014 2015 · PDF fileScience Color Me a Rhyme-Nature Poems for Young People Social Studies The Legend of the Poinsettia The Legend of the

53